blob: 6b114a75ab6721cc93a61b6cf7e76525610e95bf [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 8.2. Last change: 2021 Nov 20
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
3513. Highlight command |:highlight|
3614. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3715. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3816. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
3917. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4018. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4119. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000042
43{Vi does not have any of these commands}
44
45Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
46disabled at compile time.
47
48==============================================================================
491. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
50
51 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
52This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
53
54 :syntax enable
55
56What this command actually does is to execute the command >
57 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
58
59If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
60the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
61fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
62directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010063are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
64"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010065This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
66will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000067
68 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010069The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
70This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000071after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
72defaults, use: >
73 :syntax on
74<
75 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
76If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
77with: >
78 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
79For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
80For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
81
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010082NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000083The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010084file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000085automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
86
87NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
88of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000089reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000091highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000092
93 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
94 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
95
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000096NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000097foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
98
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +020099 *g:syntax_on*
100You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
101 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000102
103To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200104 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105 \ syntax off <Bar>
106 \ else <Bar>
107 \ syntax enable <Bar>
108 \ endif <CR>
109[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
110
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000111Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000112The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
113this works, look in the file:
114 command file ~
115 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
116 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
118 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
119Also see |syntax-loading|.
120
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100121NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
122makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000124==============================================================================
1252. Syntax files *:syn-files*
126
127The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
128a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
129name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
130a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
131Examples:
132 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
133 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
134
135The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
136the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
137language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
138for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
139 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
140
141The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
142 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
143 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
144These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
145
146
147MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
148
149When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
150automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
151
1521. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
153 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
154 mkdir ~/.vim
155
1562. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
157 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
158
1593. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
160 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
161 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
162
163Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
164 :set syntax=mine
165You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
166
167If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
168
169If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
170to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
171
172
173ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
174
175If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
176add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
177
1781. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
179
1802. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
181 mkdir ~/.vim/after
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters, digits
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +0100217and the underscore. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_]*". However, Vim does not give
218an error when using other characters.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000219
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100220To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
222These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
223you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
224
225 *Comment any comment
226
227 *Constant any constant
228 String a string constant: "this is a string"
229 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
230 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
231 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
232 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
233
234 *Identifier any variable name
235 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
236
237 *Statement any statement
238 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
239 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
240 Label case, default, etc.
241 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
242 Keyword any other keyword
243 Exception try, catch, throw
244
245 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
246 Include preprocessor #include
247 Define preprocessor #define
248 Macro same as Define
249 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
250
251 *Type int, long, char, etc.
252 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
253 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
254 Typedef A typedef
255
256 *Special any special symbol
257 SpecialChar special character in a constant
258 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
259 Delimiter character that needs attention
260 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
261 Debug debugging statements
262
263 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
264
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200265 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000266
267 *Error any erroneous construct
268
269 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
270 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
271
272The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
273For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
274The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
275highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
276after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
277
278Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
279can be used for the same group.
280
281The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
282 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
283
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200284 *hl-Ignore*
285When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
286mechanism. See |conceal|.
287
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000288==============================================================================
2893. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
290
291This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
292issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
293located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
294
295":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
296
297 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
298 |
299 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
302 | |
303 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
304 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
305 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
306 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
307 | | set yet.
308 | |
309 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
310 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
311 | |
312 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
313 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
314 |
315 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
316 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
317 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
318 | |
319 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
320 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
321 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
322 | |
323 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
324 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
325 | | *synload-4*
326 | |
327 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
328 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
329 | |
330 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
331 |
332 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
333 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
334 |
335 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
336 already loaded buffer.
337
338
339Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
340
341 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
342 |
343 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
344 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
345 | option is set to the file type.
346 |
347 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
348 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
349 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
350 | |
351 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
352 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
353 | |
354 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
355 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
356 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
357 |
358 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
359 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
360 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
361 |
362 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
363 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
364 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
365 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
366 |
367 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
368 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
369 syntax.
370
371==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003724. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000373
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003742html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200375window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000376
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
378colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
379|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
380or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200381|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
382in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200383
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000384You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
385Source the script to convert the current file: >
386
387 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
388<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
390options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
391the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
392|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393
394Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200395- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000396- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200397- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100398 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
399 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000400
401Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
402Unix shell: >
403 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
404<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200405 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
406To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
407command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
408and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
409
410 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
411 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
412 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
413<
414 *:TOhtml*
415:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
416 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200417 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
418 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
419 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
420 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200421
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200422 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
423 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
424 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
425 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
426 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
427 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
428 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
429 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200430
431 Examples: >
432
433 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
434 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
435 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
436<
437 *g:html_diff_one_file*
438Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200439When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
440page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4411, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200442Example: >
443
444 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
445<
446 *g:html_whole_filler*
447Default: 0.
448When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
449is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
450of inserted lines.
451When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
452not set.
453>
454 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
455<
456 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
457Default: 0.
458When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4592html.vim conversion process.
460When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
461but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
462files it can take a long time!
463Example: >
464
465 let g:html_no_progress = 1
466<
467You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
468run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
469moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
470
471 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
472<
473Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
474need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
475conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
476script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
477specifying each command separately.
478
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100479 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
480When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
481as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
482current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
483have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
484differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
485your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
486
487 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
488<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200489 *g:html_number_lines*
490Default: current 'number' setting.
491When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
492When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
493highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
494Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
495 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
496Force to omit the line numbers: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
498Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
499 :unlet g:html_number_lines
500<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200501 *g:html_line_ids*
502Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
503When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
504inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
505takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
506pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
507view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200508(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200509javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
510For example: >
511
512 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
513 page.html#123 does the same
514
515 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
516 diff.html#42 does the same
517<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200518 *g:html_use_css*
519Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100520When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
521browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200522When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
523recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
524forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
525Example: >
526 :let g:html_use_css = 0
527<
528 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
529Default: 0.
530When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
531from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
532value of 'conceallevel'.
533When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
534|conceal|ed.
535
536Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
537included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
538 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
539 :setl conceallevel=0
540<
541 *g:html_ignore_folding*
542Default: 0.
543When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
544Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
545the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
546When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
547text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
548
549Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
550in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
551 zR
552 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
553<
554 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
555Default: 0.
556When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
557When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
558in Vim.
559
560Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
561regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
562
563This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
564>
565 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
566<
567 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
568Default: 0.
569When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
570Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
571open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
572'foldcolumn' setting.
573When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
574folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
575>
576 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
577<
578 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
579Default: empty string.
580This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
581when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
582for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
583line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
584affected in this way as follows:
585 f: fold column
586 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
587 t: fold text
588 d: diff filler
589
590Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
591 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
592<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100593The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
594of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
595
596 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
597Default: "fallback"
598If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
599
600When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
601uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
602selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
603pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
604invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
605Note: this method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
606browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
607
608When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
609older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
610<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
611to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
612number of browsers, both old and new.
613
614When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
615generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
616Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
617the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
618standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200619
620 *g:html_no_invalid*
621Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100622When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
623not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
624element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
625in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
626paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
627invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
628<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
629remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200630
631 *g:html_hover_unfold*
632Default: 0.
633When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
634|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
635When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
636cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
637disabled javascript to view the folded text.
638
639Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
640feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
641normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
642they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
643>
644 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
645<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200646 *g:html_id_expr*
647Default: ""
648Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
649to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
650longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
651evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
652so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
653larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
654
655 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_".bufnr("%")'
656<
657To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
658
659 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
660<
661Note, when converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
662evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
663windows.
664
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200665 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
666Default: current 'wrap' setting.
667When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
668not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
669When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
670used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
671window.
672Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
673 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
674Explicitly disable wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
676Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
677 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
678<
679 *g:html_no_pre*
680Default: 0.
681When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
682tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
683characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
684When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
685used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
686references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
687text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
688old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
689the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
690>
691 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
692<
693 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100694Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
695 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
696 1 otherwise.
697When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200698number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100699When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200700are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
701allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
702the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
703indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
704
705Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
706 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
707<
708Force tabs to be expanded: >
709 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
710<
711 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
712It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
713|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
714
715If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
716for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
717'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
718set to match the chosen document encoding.
719
720Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
721|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
722wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
723encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
724below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
725
726Note, by default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
727the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
728
729 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
730 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
731
732 *g:html_use_encoding*
733Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
734To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
735name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
736something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
737webserver: >
738 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
739You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
740entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
741 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
742To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
743variable: >
744 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
745<
746 *g:html_encoding_override*
747Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
748 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
749This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
750specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
751list of conversions.
752
753This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
754pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
755
756Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
757 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
758<
759 *g:html_charset_override*
760Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
761 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
762 browser support.
763This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
764'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
765use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
766TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
767and UTF-32 instead, use: >
768 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
769
770Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
771compatibility problems with some major browsers.
772
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200773 *g:html_font*
774Default: "monospace"
775You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
776g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
777surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
778item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
779way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
780result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
781Examples: >
782
783 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
784 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
785
786 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
787 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
788<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200789 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
790Default: 0.
791When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
792When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
793>
794 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
795<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100796==============================================================================
7975. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
798
799 *b:current_syntax-variable*
800Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
801"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
802settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
803 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
804 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
805 :au BufReadPost * endif
806
807
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000808
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000809ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000810
811ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
812any value to the respective variable. Example: >
813 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
814To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
815 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
816
817Variable Highlight ~
818abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
819abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
820
821
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000822ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000823
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000824See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000825
826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000827ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000828
829The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000830by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000831by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000832and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000833
834 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
835
836will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
837
838 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
839 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
840 ]]></script>
841
842See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
843
844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000845APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100847The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
848version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000852ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
853 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
855Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
856doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
857startup vimrc: >
858 :let filetype_i = "asm"
859Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
860
861There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
862extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
863line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
864files are included:
865 asm GNU assembly (the default)
866 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
867 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
868 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
869 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
870 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
871 nasm Netwide assembly
872 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
873 MMX)
874 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
875
876The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100877 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000878Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100879one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200880immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
881equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
882between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
883particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
884highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000885
886The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
887b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000888 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000889
890If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
891the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
892language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000893 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000894
895As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
896
897
898Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
899
900To enable a feature: >
901 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
902To disable a feature: >
903 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
904
905Variable Highlight ~
906nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
907 (parser dependent; not recommended)
908nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
909nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
910
911
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000912ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000913
914*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
915hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
916using. For Perl script use: >
917 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
918 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
919For Visual Basic use: >
920 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
921 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
922
923
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000924BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000925
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200926The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000927for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
928are supported.
929
930Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
931in ones |.vimrc|: >
932 let baan_code_stds=1
933
934*baan-folding*
935
936Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
937mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
938source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
939
940To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
941 let baan_fold=1
942Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
943indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
944considered equal to a tab). >
945 let baan_fold_block=1
946Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000947SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000948match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
949 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000950Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000951the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
952.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
953 set foldminlines=5
954 set foldnestmax=6
955
956
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000957BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000958
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000959Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000960which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
961five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
962otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
963Basic.
964
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000965If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
966example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
967 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
968
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000969
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000970C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000971
972A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100973(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000974 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100975 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
976To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000977 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100978Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000979
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100980An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
981 :set filetype=cpp
982
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000983Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200984*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
985*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
986*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
987*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
988*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
989*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
990*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +0000991 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +0200992 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
993 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100994*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
995 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +0200996*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
997*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
998*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
999*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1000*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001001 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001002*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1003*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1004*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1005*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1006*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001007
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001008When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1009become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1010 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001011"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1012 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001013
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001014If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1015when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1016to a larger number: >
1017 :let c_minlines = 100
1018This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1019displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1020disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1021
1022When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1023works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1024you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1025
1026To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1027Example: >
1028 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1029 :function MyCadd()
1030 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1031 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1032 : hi link cMyItem Title
1033 :endfun
1034
1035ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1036"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1037not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1038highlighting: >
1039 :hi link cConstant NONE
1040
1041If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1042highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1043
1044If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001045in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001046~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001047 syn sync fromstart
1048 set foldmethod=syntax
1049
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001050CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001051
1052C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1053the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1054
1055By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1056of C or C++: >
1057 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1058
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001059
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001060CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001061
1062Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1063that are available. Additionally there is:
1064
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001065chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1066chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1067chill_minlines like c_minlines
1068
1069
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001070CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001071
1072ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1073If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1074 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1075This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1076"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1077file).
1078
1079You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1080 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1081Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1082 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1083This works immediately.
1084
1085
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001086CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1087
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001088 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1089
1090Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1091but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1092|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1093syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001094>
1095 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001096 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1097 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001098 \ }
1099<
1100Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1101
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001102There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1103this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1104dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001105
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001106By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1107"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1108namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001109
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001110
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001111 *g:clojure_fold*
1112
1113Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1114list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1115the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1116
1117
1118 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1119
1120Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1121reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001122>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001123 #_(defn foo [x]
1124 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001125<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001126Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1127(e.g. `#_#_`).
1128
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001129
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001130COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001131
1132COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1133development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1134versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1135add this line to your .vimrc: >
1136 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1137To disable it again, use this: >
1138 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1139
1140
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001141COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001142
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001143The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001144comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1145
1146 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1147
1148The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1149
1150
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001151CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1152
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001153Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001154
1155Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001156cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001157cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001158cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1159cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001160
1161
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001162CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163
1164This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1165used.
1166
1167Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1168symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1169between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001170"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1171>
1172 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001173
1174For using tcsh: >
1175
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001176 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001177
1178Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1179tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001180will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1182variable.
1183
1184
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001185CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001186
1187Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001188hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001189or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001190normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191line to your .vimrc file: >
1192
1193 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1194
1195Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1196
1197 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1198
1199To disable these again, use this: >
1200
1201 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1202 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1203<
1204
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001205CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001206
1207Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1208doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1209startup vimrc: >
1210 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1211
1212
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001213DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1214
1215Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1216used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1217a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1218from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1219
1220More information about the language and its development environment at the
1221official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1222
1223dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1224type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1225and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1226framework.
1227
1228Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1229
1230https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1231
1232
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001233DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001234
1235Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001236according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001237https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1238To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1239 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1240Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1241To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1242 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1243g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001244
1245
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001246DIFF *diff.vim*
1247
1248The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1249there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1250
1251 :let diff_translations = 0
1252
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001253Also see |diff-slow|.
1254
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001255
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001256DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001257
1258The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1259provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1260the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1261versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1262uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1263line to your startup file: >
1264 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1265
1266
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001267DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001268DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1269DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001270
1271There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1272are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1273automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1274defaults to XML.
1275You can set the type manually: >
1276 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1277or: >
1278 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1279You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1280Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1281 :set filetype=docbksgml
1282or: >
1283 :set filetype=docbkxml
1284
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001285You can specify the DocBook version: >
1286 :let docbk_ver = 3
1287When not set 4 is used.
1288
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001289
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001290DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001291
1292There is one option with highlighting DOS batch files. This covers new
1293extensions to the Command Interpreter introduced with Windows 2000 and
1294is controlled by the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For Windows NT
1295this should have the value 1, and for Windows 2000 it should be 2.
1296Select the version you want with the following line: >
1297
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001298 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001299
1300If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
1301Windows 2000.
1302
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001303A second option covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001304"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1305is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001306
1307 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1308
1309If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1310
1311
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001312DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1313
1314Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001315(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1316idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001317
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001318There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1319explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1320Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001321 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1322or >
1323 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1324
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001325It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1326the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1327adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001328 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1329
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001330There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting, and
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001331are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
1332
1333Variable Default Effect ~
1334g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1335g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1336 doxygen comments.
1337
1338doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1339 and html_my_rendering underline.
1340
1341doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1342 colour highlighting.
1343
1344doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001345 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001346
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001347There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001348configuration.
1349
1350Highlight Effect ~
1351doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1352 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1353doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1354 \endlink from a \link section.
1355
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001356
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001357DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001358
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001359The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001360case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1361
1362 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1363
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001364The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001365this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1366
1367 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1368
1369before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1370Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1371'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1372Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1373highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001374delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001375
1376 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1377
1378The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1379
1380
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001381EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001382
1383While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001384syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1385highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001386highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1387
1388 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1389
1390Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1391
1392Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1393
1394 :let eiffel_strict=1
1395 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1396
1397Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1398five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1399"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1400
1401Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1402guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1403lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1404
1405If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1406"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1407
1408 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1409
1410instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1411
1412Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1413experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1414
1415 :let eiffel_ise=1
1416
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001417Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001418
1419 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1420
1421to your startup file.
1422
1423
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001424EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1425
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001426Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001427version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001428Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1429
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001430Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1431for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001432(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1433
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001434The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1435
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001436 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1437 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1438
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001439To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001440auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1441add the following line to your startup file: >
1442
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001443 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001444
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001445< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001446
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001447 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1448
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001449Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001450specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1451file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1452filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1453Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001454
1455
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001456ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001457
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001458Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001459the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001460
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001461The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1462put the following line in your vimrc: >
1463
1464 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1465
1466To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1467
1468 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001469
1470
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001471ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1472
1473Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and maintainable
1474applications.
1475
1476The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1477
1478 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1479
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001480Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001481specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1482file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1483filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1484Elixir.
1485
1486
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001487FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1488
1489FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001490NOTE: this site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
1491development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001492
1493Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1494syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1495editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1496start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1497'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1498(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1499and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1500
1501If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1502move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1503 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1504
1505
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001506FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001507
1508The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1509modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001510following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001511J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1512
1513If you want include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
1514redefine the following syntax groups:
1515
1516 - formConditional
1517 - formNumber
1518 - formStatement
1519 - formHeaderStatement
1520 - formComment
1521 - formPreProc
1522 - formDirective
1523 - formType
1524 - formString
1525
1526Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1527directives per default in the same syntax group.
1528
1529A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001530header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001531this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1532
1533 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1534
1535The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001536gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001537conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1538
1539
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001540FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1541
1542Files matching "*.fs" could be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection
1543doesn't work for you, or you don't edit F# at all, use this in your
1544startup vimrc: >
1545 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1546
1547
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001548FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001549
1550Default highlighting and dialect ~
Bram Moolenaar6ee8d892012-01-10 14:55:01 +01001551Highlighting appropriate for Fortran 2008 is used by default. This choice
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001552should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran 2008 is
1553almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2003, 95, 90, and 77).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001554
1555Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001556Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001557syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1558
1559When you create a new fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001560form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001561 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001562in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed source
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001563form, then >
1564 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1565in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1566
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001567If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1568extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1569file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1570will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1571on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001572
1573When you edit an existing fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
1574source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001575fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001576neither of these variables have been set, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001577determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1578using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1579compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
1580free-source). If none of this works, then the script examines the first five
1581columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If no signs of free source form
1582are detected, then the file is assumed to be in fixed source form. The
1583algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases. In some cases, such as a
1584file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments, the script may
1585incorrectly decide that the fortran code is in fixed form. If that happens,
1586just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five columns
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01001587of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w) and then reload (:e!) the file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001588
1589Tabs in fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001590Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001591fixed format fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001592Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
1593using tabs. If your fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001594variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1595 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001596placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001597mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1598
1599Syntax folding of fortran files ~
1600If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1601fortran_fold with a command such as >
1602 :let fortran_fold=1
1603to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1604is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001605subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001606also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1607 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1608then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001609case constructs. If you also set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001610fortran_fold_multilinecomments with a command such as >
1611 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1612then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001613lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614
1615If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1616fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001617you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001618units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1619unit.
1620
1621More precise fortran syntax ~
1622If you set the variable fortran_more_precise with a command such as >
1623 :let fortran_more_precise=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001624then the syntax coloring will be more precise but slower. In particular,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625statement labels used in do, goto and arithmetic if statements will be
1626recognized, as will construct names at the end of a do, if, select or forall
1627construct.
1628
1629Non-default fortran dialects ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001630The syntax script supports two Fortran dialects: f08 and F. You will probably
1631find the default highlighting (f08) satisfactory. A few legacy constructs
1632deleted or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard are highlighted as todo
1633items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001634
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001635If you use F, the advantage of setting the dialect appropriately is that
1636other legacy features excluded from F will be highlighted as todo items and
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001637that free source form will be assumed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001638
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001639The dialect can be selected in various ways. If all your fortran files use
1640the same dialect, set the global variable fortran_dialect in your .vimrc prior
1641to your syntax on statement. The case-sensitive, permissible values of
1642fortran_dialect are "f08" or "F". Invalid values of fortran_dialect are
1643ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001644
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001645If the dialect depends upon the file extension, then it is most convenient to
1646set a buffer-local variable in a ftplugin file. For more information on
1647ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. For example, if all your fortran files with
1648an .f90 extension are written in the F subset, your ftplugin file should
1649contain the code >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001650 let s:extfname = expand("%:e")
1651 if s:extfname ==? "f90"
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001652 let b:fortran_dialect="F"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001653 else
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001654 unlet! b:fortran_dialect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001655 endif
1656Note that this will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command
1657precedes the "syntax on" command in your .vimrc file.
1658
1659Finer control is necessary if the file extension does not uniquely identify
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001660the dialect. You can override the default dialect, on a file-by-file basis,
1661by including a comment with the directive "fortran_dialect=xx" (where xx=F or
1662f08) in one of the first three lines in your file. For example, your older .f
1663files may be legacy code but your newer ones may be F codes, and you would
1664identify the latter by including in the first three lines of those files a
1665Fortran comment of the form >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001666 ! fortran_dialect=F
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001667
1668For previous versions of the syntax, you may have set fortran_dialect to the
1669now-obsolete values "f77", "f90", "f95", or "elf". Such settings will be
1670silently handled as "f08". Users of "elf" may wish to experiment with "F"
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001671instead.
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001672
1673The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1674comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1675non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1676or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001677items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001678
1679Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001680Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1681strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001682because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1683
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001684For further information related to fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
1685|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001686
1687
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001688FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689
1690In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1691the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1692appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1693patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1694number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1695
1696For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1697as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1698
1699 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1700 \ set filetype=fvwm
1701
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001702GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001703
1704The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1705the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1706is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1707are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1708
1709 htmlString
1710 htmlValue
1711 htmlEndTag
1712 htmlTag
1713 htmlTagN
1714
1715Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1716java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1717group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1718correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1719to the contains clause.
1720
1721The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1722group to make them easier to see.
1723
1724
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001725GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726
1727The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001728under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001729of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1730filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1731(see |filetype.txt|).
1732
1733
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001734HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001735
1736The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001737Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1739
1740If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1741light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1742 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1743To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1744add: >
1745 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1746To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1747 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1748And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1749 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1750If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1751your .vimrc: >
1752 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1753
1754The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1755directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001756directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1757operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001758as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1759 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1760
1761The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1762automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1763TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001764or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001765in your .vimrc >
1766 :let lhs_markup = none
1767for no highlighting at all, or >
1768 :let lhs_markup = tex
1769to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1770For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1771this variable, so e.g. >
1772 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001773will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1775loading a file.
1776
1777
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001778HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001779
1780The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1781
1782The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1783This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001784closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1785are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001786
1787Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1788names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1789makes it easy to spot errors
1790
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001791Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001792names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1793
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001794Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001795are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1796text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1797while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001798only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001799<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001800
1801If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1802following syntax groups:
1803
1804 - htmlBold
1805 - htmlBoldUnderline
1806 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1807 - htmlUnderline
1808 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1809 - htmlItalic
1810 - htmlTitle for titles
1811 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1812
1813To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1814of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1815following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1816are read during initialization) >
1817 :let html_my_rendering=1
1818
1819If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1820http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1821
1822You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1823vimrc file: >
1824 :let html_no_rendering=1
1825
1826HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1827details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1828However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001829ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001830 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1831
1832JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1833'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001834programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are currently
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001835supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
1836
1837Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1838
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001839There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1840written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1842(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001843>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001844 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1845 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1846
1847Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1848the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1849
1850
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001851HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001852
1853The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1854
1855Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1856doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1857this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1858different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1859 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1860
1861Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1862
1863Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1864signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1865a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1866 :set syntax=htmlos
1867
1868Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1869block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1870
1871
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001872IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001873
1874Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1875how to recognize this filetype.
1876
1877To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1878 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1879
1880
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001881INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001882
1883Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1884most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1885to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1886 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1887
1888By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1889and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1890you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1891need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1892 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1893
1894This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1895set of highlighted system functions.
1896
1897The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1898it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1899by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1900startup sequence: >
1901 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1902
1903By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1904version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1905Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1906startup sequence: >
1907 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1908
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001909IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1910
1911IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1912Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1913
1914IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1915rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001916repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001917
1918There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1919are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1920
1921The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1922
1923Variable Effect ~
1924
1925idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1926 extensions
1927idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1928idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1929 quite helpful)
1930idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1931
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001932
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001933JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001934
1935The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1936
1937In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1938flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001939classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001940way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
1941 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1942
1943All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1944highlight them use: >
1945 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1946
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001947You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001948download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1949If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1950use the following: >
1951 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1952Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1953
1954Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001955how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001956functions:
1957
1958If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
1959a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
1960 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
1961However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
1962supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
1963 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
1964If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
1965declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
1966definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
1967original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
1968
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001969In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00001970only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001971statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001972your startup file: >
1973 :let java_highlight_debug=1
1974The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001975characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001976new highlightings for the following groups.:
1977 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
1978which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001979strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02001980have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001981
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001982Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
1983creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
1984similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
1985and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001986 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
1987 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
1988 the color change the group CommentTitle).
1989 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
1990 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001991 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001992 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
1993To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
1994 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
1995
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001996If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
1997can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
1998scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
1999actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2000CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002001 :let java_javascript=1
2002 :let java_css=1
2003 :let java_vb=1
2004
2005In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2006for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2007 :hi link javaParen Comment
2008or >
2009 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2010
2011If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2012when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2013to a larger number: >
2014 :let java_minlines = 50
2015This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2016displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2017number is that redrawing can become slow.
2018
2019
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002020JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2021
2022The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2023default. To disable concealment: >
2024 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2025
2026To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2027 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2028
2029
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002030LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031
2032Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2033style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2034define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2035 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2036
2037
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002038LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002039
2040Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2041gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2042 :syn sync minlines=300
2043may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2044difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2045
2046
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002047LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2048
2049To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2050
2051 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2052<
2053
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002054LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2055
2056The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2057
2058 g:lisp_instring : if it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
2059 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2060 Useful for AutoLisp.
2061 g:lisp_rainbow : if it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
2062 of parenthesization will receive different
2063 highlighting.
2064<
2065The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2066the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2067colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2068specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002069usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002070highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2071
2072
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002073LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002074
2075There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2076
2077If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2078
2079 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2080
2081For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2082set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2083
2084 :let lite_minlines = 200
2085
2086
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002087LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002088
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002089LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002090file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2091users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2092should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2093
2094 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2095
2096If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
2097modeline. For a LPC file:
2098
2099 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2100
2101For a C file that is recognized as LPC:
2102
2103 // vim:set ft=c:
2104
2105If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2106
2107There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002108used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002109and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002110assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002111you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2112
2113 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2114
2115For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2116
2117 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2118
2119For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2120
2121 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2122
2123For uLPC series of LPC:
2124uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2125instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2126
2127
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002128LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002129
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002130The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002131the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2132lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +010021335.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this:
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002134
2135 :let lua_version = 5
2136 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002137
2138
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002139MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002140
2141Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002142quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002143signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2144whitespaces and end with a newline.
2145
2146Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002147as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002148only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2149
2150By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002151displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002152with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2153
2154 :let mail_minlines = 30
2155
2156
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002157MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002158
2159In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2160errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2161feature off by using: >
2162
2163 :let make_no_commands = 1
2164
2165
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002166MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002167
2168Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2169supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2170The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2171highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2172
2173 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2174
2175to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2176choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
21771, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2178$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2179
2180 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2181 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2182 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2183 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2184 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2185 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2186 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2187 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2188 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2189
2190
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002191MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002192
2193Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2194have the following in your .vimrc: >
2195
2196 let filetype_m = "mma"
2197
2198
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002199MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002200
2201If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2202highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2203comments: >
2204
2205 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2206
2207To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2208
2209 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2210
2211To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2212'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2213
2214 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2215
2216Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2217
2218 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2219
2220To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2221
2222 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2223
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002224Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002225use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2226To enable this option: >
2227
2228 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2229
2230An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2231
2232 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2233
2234
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002235MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002236
2237There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2238
2239If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2240
2241 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2242
2243For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2244set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2245
2246 :let msql_minlines = 200
2247
2248
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002249N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2250
2251N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2252Couchbase Server databases.
2253
2254Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2255and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2256many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2257
2258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002259NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002260
2261There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2262
2263If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2264errors, use this: >
2265
2266 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2267
2268If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2269
2270
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002271NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002272
2273The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2274activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2275can use them.
2276
2277For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002278processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002279features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2280|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002281
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002282 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283
2284Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2285Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2286there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002287you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002288can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2289native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2290\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2291accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2292environments.
2293
2294In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2295follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2296
22971. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2298
22992. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2300 exclamation mark, etc.
2301
23023. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2303 carriage return.
2304
2305The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2306algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2307
2308Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2309furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2310vertical space input will be output as is.
2311
2312Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2313than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2314practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002315marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002316need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002317spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2318
2319 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2320
2321Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2322with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2323highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002324"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002325
2326 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2327 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2328 \ gui=reverse,bold
2329
2330If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2331with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2332file: >
2333
2334 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2335
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002336As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002337paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2338
2339Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2340groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2341
2342
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002343OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002344
2345The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2346.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2347
2348 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2349
2350you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2351by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2352
2353 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2354
2355prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2356contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2357
2358
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002359PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002360
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002361The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002362and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002363as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2364sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365you set the variable: >
2366
2367 :let papp_include_html=1
2368
2369in your startup file it will try to syntax-hilight html code inside phtml
2370sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002371edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002372
2373The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2374http://papp.plan9.de.
2375
2376
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002377PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002378
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002379Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2380could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2381or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002382
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002383 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2384 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002385
2386The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2387provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002388Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002389enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2390following line to your startup file: >
2391
2392 :let pascal_traditional=1
2393
2394To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2395keywords, etc): >
2396
2397 :let pascal_delphi=1
2398
2399
2400The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2401*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2402operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2403
2404 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2405
2406Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2407
2408 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2409
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002410Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002411pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2412match Turbo Pascal. >
2413
2414 :let pascal_gpc=1
2415
2416or >
2417
2418 :let pascal_fpc=1
2419
2420To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2421pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2422
2423 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2424
2425If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2426will be highlighted as Error. >
2427
2428 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2429
2430
2431
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002432PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002433
2434There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2435
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002436Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2437to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2438files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002439
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002440 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002441
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002442To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002443off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002444
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002445To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2446from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002447
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002448 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002449
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002450(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2451enabled it.)
2452
2453If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2454
2455 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2456
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002457(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002458
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002459The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will be
2460highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002461perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2462
2463 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2464 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2465 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2466
2467(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2468
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002469The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002470synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2471If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002472then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can figure
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002473out the line that causes the mistake.
2474
2475One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2476
2477 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2478 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2479
2480Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2481its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2482
2483 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2484
2485If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2486
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002487 :let perl_fold = 1
2488
2489If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2490
2491 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002492
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002493Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2494this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002495
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002496 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002497
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002498Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2499via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002500
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002501 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2502
2503Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2504behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2505
2506 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002507
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002508PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002509
2510[note: previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
2511it has been renamed to "php"]
2512
2513There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2514
2515If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2516
2517 let php_sql_query = 1
2518
2519For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2520
2521 let php_baselib = 1
2522
2523Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2524
2525 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2526
2527Using the old colorstyle: >
2528
2529 let php_oldStyle = 1
2530
2531Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2532
2533 let php_asp_tags = 1
2534
2535Disable short tags: >
2536
2537 let php_noShortTags = 1
2538
2539For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2540
2541 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2542
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002543For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002544one: >
2545
2546 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2547
2548Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2549
2550 let php_folding = 1
2551
2552Selecting syncing method: >
2553
2554 let php_sync_method = x
2555
2556x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2557x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2558x = 0 to sync from start.
2559
2560
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002561PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2562
2563TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2564variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002565see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002566
2567This syntax file has the option >
2568
2569 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2570
2571if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2572
2573
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002574PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002575
2576PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2577
2578This syntax file has the options:
2579
2580- ppwiz_highlight_defs : determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002581 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002582
2583 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002584 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002585
2586 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : preprocessor #define and #evaluate
2587 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
2588 continuation symbols
2589
2590 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2591
2592- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2593 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2594
2595
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002596PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002597
2598There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2599
2600If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2601
2602 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2603
2604For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2605set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2606
2607 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2608
2609
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002610POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002611
2612There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2613
2614First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2615currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2616and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2617Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2618extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2619level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2620highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2621
2622 :let postscr_level=2
2623
2624If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2625the most prevalent version currently.
2626
2627Note, not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
2628particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2629PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2630
2631If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2632Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2633follows: >
2634
2635 :let postscr_display=1
2636
2637If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2638Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2639postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2640
2641 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2642
2643PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2644useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2645cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2646character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2647explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2648highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2649
2650 :let postscr_fonts=1
2651 :let postscr_encodings=1
2652
2653There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2654PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2655operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2656if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2657operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2658or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2659highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2660postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2661
2662 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2663<
2664
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002665 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2666PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002667
2668This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2669
2670In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2671the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2672appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2673patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2674"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2675
2676For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2677files, add the following: >
2678
2679 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2680 \ set filetype=ptcap
2681
2682If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2683are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2684internal variable to a larger number: >
2685
2686 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2687
2688(The default is 20 lines.)
2689
2690
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002691PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002692
2693Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2694doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2695startup vimrc: >
2696 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2697The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2698Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2699 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2700 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2701
2702
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002703PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002704
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002705There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002706
2707For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002708 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002709
2710For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002711 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712
2713For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002714 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2715
2716For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2717 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2718or >
2719 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
2720(first option implies second one).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002721
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002722For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002723 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002724
2725If you want all possible Python highlighting (the same as setting the
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002726preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002727 :let python_highlight_all = 1
2728
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002729Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002730 1 above with anything.
2731
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002732QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002733
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002734The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2735based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2736between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2737definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2738to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2739be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002740
2741set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2742 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2743
2744set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2745 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2746
2747set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2748 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2749
2750Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2751commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2752
2753
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002754R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2755
2756The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2757can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2758 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2759
2760You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2761 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2762
2763enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2764braces: >
2765 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2766
2767and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2768 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2769
2770
2771R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2772
2773To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2774 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2775
2776To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2777 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2778
2779To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2780 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2781
2782By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2783language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2784you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2785`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2786you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2787 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2788
2789
2790R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2791
2792To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2793 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2794
2795
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002796READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002797
2798The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002799few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002800items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2801command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2802 let readline_has_bash = 1
2803
2804This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2805later, and part earlier) adds.
2806
2807
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002808REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2809
2810Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2811language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2812the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2813
2814
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002815RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2816
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002817Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2818select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2819syntax list.
2820
2821To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002822 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002823
2824To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2825`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2826 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002827 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2828 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002829 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002830 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002831
2832To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2833 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2834
2835To enable folding of sections: >
2836 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2837
2838Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2839
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002840
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002841REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002842
2843If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2844when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2845to a larger number: >
2846 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2847This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2848displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2849number is that redrawing can become slow.
2850
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002851Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2852comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2853your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2854>
2855 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2856
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002857
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002858RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002859
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002860 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2861 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2862 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2863 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2864 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2865
2866 *ruby_operators*
2867 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2868
2869Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2870
2871 :let ruby_operators = 1
2872<
2873 *ruby_space_errors*
2874 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2875
2876Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2877
2878 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2879<
2880This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2881as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2882"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2883spaces respectively.
2884
2885 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2886 Ruby: Folding ~
2887
2888Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2889
2890 :let ruby_fold = 1
2891<
2892This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2893buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2894filetypes.
2895
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002896Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2897"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2898
2899You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2900
2901 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
2902<
2903The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2904
2905 keyword meaning ~
2906 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2907 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2908 NONE Nothing
2909 if "if" or "unless" block
2910 def "def" block
2911 class "class" block
2912 module "module" block
2913 do "do" block
2914 begin "begin" block
2915 case "case" block
2916 for "for", "while", "until" loops
2917 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2918 [ Array literal
2919 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2920 / Regexp
2921 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
2922 : Symbol
2923 # Multiline comment
2924 << Here documents
2925 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2926
2927 *ruby_no_expensive*
2928 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002929
2930By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002931of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002932experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2933you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002934
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002935 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002936<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
2938
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002939 *ruby_minlines*
2940
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002941If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
2942scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
2943the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002944
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002945 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002946<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002947Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
2948largest class or module.
2949
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002950 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
2951 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002952
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002953Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
2954"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002955
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002956 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002957<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00002958
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002959SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002960
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002961By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002962
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01002963scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
2964Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00002965
2966
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002967SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968
2969The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
2970of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
2971
2972The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
2973case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002974used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002975highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
2976 :let sdl_2000=1
2977
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002978This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002979keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
2980 :let SDL_no_96=1
2981
2982
2983The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
2984satisfied with it for my own projects.
2985
2986
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002987SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002988
2989To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
2990highlighting on the tabs), define "highlight_sedtabs" by putting >
2991
2992 :let highlight_sedtabs = 1
2993
2994in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
2995inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
2996by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
2997also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
2998you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
2999
3000Bugs:
3001
3002 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3003 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3004 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3005 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3006 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3007 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3008
3009
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003010SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003011
3012The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3013
3014The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3015This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3016closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3017defined for you)
3018
3019Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3020names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3021
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003022Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003023names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3024
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003025Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003026are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3027text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3028<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3029
3030If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3031following syntax groups:
3032
3033 - sgmlBold
3034 - sgmlBoldItalic
3035 - sgmlUnderline
3036 - sgmlItalic
3037 - sgmlLink for links
3038
3039To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3040following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3041are read during initialization) >
3042 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3043
3044You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3045vimrc file: >
3046 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3047
3048(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3049
3050
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003051 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003052SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003053
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003054This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3055shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056
3057Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003058various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003059
3060 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3061 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3062<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003063See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3064cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3065/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3066that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3067shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3068symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003069
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003070One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003071variables in your <.vimrc>:
3072
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003073 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003074 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003075< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003076 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003077< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003078 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003079< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003080 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003081
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003082< (dash users should use posix)
3083
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003084If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3085default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003086the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3087statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003088sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003089
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003090The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3091
3092 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3093 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3094 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3095 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003096>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003097then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003098syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3099to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003100
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003101 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3102
3103If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3104when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003105to a larger number. Example: >
3106
3107 let sh_minlines = 500
3108
3109This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3110displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3111number is that redrawing can become slow.
3112
3113If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3114reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3115
3116 let sh_maxlines = 100
3117<
3118The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3119speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3120
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003121syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
3122extra ']'s, 'done's, 'fi's, etc. If you find the error handling problematic
3123for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3124the following line in your .vimrc: >
3125
3126 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3127<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003128
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003129 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3130 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003131
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003132You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3133Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3134file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3135
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003136 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003137 " ==============
3138 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3139 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3140 unlet b:current_syntax
3141 endif
3142 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3143 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3144 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3145 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3146 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3147<
3148This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3149 awk '...awk code here...'
3150be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3151extended to other languages.
3152
3153
3154SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3155(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003156
3157The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3158
3159- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3160 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3161 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3162
3163- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3164 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003165 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003166 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3167 them in the syntax file.
3168
3169- oneline_comments : this value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
3170 highlighting of # style comments.
3171
3172 oneline_comments = 1 : allow normal Speedup code after an even
3173 number of #s.
3174
3175 oneline_comments = 2 : show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003176 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003177
3178 oneline_comments = 3 : show the whole line as error if it contains
3179 more than one #.
3180
3181Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003182PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003183fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3184the syntax file.
3185
3186
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003187SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3188 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003189 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003190
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003191While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3192custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3193SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003194
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003195Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3196scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3197supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3198buffer by buffer basis.
3199
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003200For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003201
3202
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003203SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3204
3205Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3206designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3207bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3208with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3209
3210
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003211TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003212
3213This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3214for how the filetype is detected.
3215
3216Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003217is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist add
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003218this line to your .vimrc: >
3219
3220 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3221
3222If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3223when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3224to a larger number: >
3225
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003226 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003227
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003228This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3229displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3230synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3231tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3232redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003233
3234
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003235TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003236 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003237
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003238 Tex Contents~
3239 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3240 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3241 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3242 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3243 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3244 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3245 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3246 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3247 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3248 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3249 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3250 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3251 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003252 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003253 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003254
3255 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003256 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003257
3258As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3259sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3260 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3261in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3262modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3263 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003264If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003265 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003266<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003267 *g:tex_nospell*
3268 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3269
3270If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3271 let g:tex_nospell=1
3272into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3273comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3274
3275 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003276 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003277
3278Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3279prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3280this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3281 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003282If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3283see |g:tex_nospell|.
3284
3285 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003286 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003287
3288Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3289one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3290want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3291 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003292<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003293 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003294 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003295
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003296The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3297highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3298texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3299terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3300as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003301special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3302 %stopzone
3303which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3304texMathZone.
3305
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003306 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003307 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308
3309If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3310 :syn sync maxlines=200
3311 :syn sync minlines=50
3312(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003313increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003314if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3315
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003316Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3317|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3318
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003319 *g:tex_fast*
3320
3321Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3322
3323 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3324
3325in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3326highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3327synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3328price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3329folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3330
3331You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3332selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3333
3334 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3335 c : allow texComment syntax
3336 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3337 M : allow texMath syntax
3338 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3339 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3340 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3341 S : allow texStyle syntax
3342 v : allow verbatim syntax
3343 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3344<
3345As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3346but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003347(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003348
3349 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003350 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003351
3352LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3353of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3354package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3355it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3356techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003357by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3358which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3359http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003360
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003361I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3362
3363 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3364<
3365The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3366
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003367 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003368 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003369
3370The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3371although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3372errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3373you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003374 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003375and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003376
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003377 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003378 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003379
3380If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3381code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003382 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3383You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3384(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3385As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3386 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3387You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3388and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3389The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3390has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003391
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003392 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003393 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003394
3395One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3396commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3397following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3398such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3399
3400 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3401 :set ft=tex
3402
3403Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3404always accept such use of @.
3405
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003406 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003407 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003408
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003409If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3410number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3411including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3412superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3413superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3414In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3415
3416One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3417with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003418
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003419 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003420 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3421
3422You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003423<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3424for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003425
3426 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003427 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003428 d = delimiters
3429 m = math symbols
3430 g = Greek
3431 s = superscripts/subscripts
3432<
3433By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3434substitution will not be made.
3435
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003436 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3437 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3438
3439Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3440keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3441syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3442
3443 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3444 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3445 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003446 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003447 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3448 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3449 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003450 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003451
3452 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3453 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3454
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003455 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3456 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3457
3458 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3459
3460 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3461 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3462
3463 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3464 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3465 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3466 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3467
3468 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3469 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3470<
3471 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3472 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3473 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3474< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3475 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3476
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003477 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3478 Tex: Match Check Control~
3479
3480 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003481 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3482 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003483 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3484 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3485 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3486< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3487 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3488 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3489< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3490 regions, >
3491 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3492< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003493
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003494TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003496There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3497
3498For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3499set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3500
3501 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3502<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003503VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3504 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003505There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003506updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3507g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3508improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003509
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003510 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3511 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3512<
3513 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3514 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003515
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003516 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3517The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3518embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003519
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003520 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3521 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003522 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3523 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3524 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3525 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3526 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003527<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003528By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3529itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3530of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3531and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003532 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003533
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003534Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003535
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003536 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3537 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3538 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003539 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003540 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3541 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3542 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3543 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3544 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003545<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003546 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003547Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3548is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003549highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003550
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003551 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3552<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003553
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003554
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003555XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003556
3557The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3558variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3559You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3560xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3561your .vimrc. Example: >
3562 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3563When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3564
3565Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3566"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3567highlighted.
3568
3569
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003570XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003571
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003572Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003573setting a global variable: >
3574
3575 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3576<
3577 *xml-folding*
3578The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003579start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003580
3581 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3582 :set foldmethod=syntax
3583
3584Note: syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
3585especially for large files.
3586
3587
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003588X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003589
3590xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3591XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3592you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3593
3594To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3595somewhere else with "P".
3596
3597Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3598 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003599 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600 : echo c
3601 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r".c
3602 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r".c
3603 :endfunction
3604 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3605 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3606This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3607It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3608must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3609
3610It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3611 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3612
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003613
3614YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3615
3616 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003617A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3618non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3619plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3620and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3621integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003622will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3623
3624Schema Description ~
3625failsafe No additional highlighting.
3626json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3627core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003628pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3629 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3630 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003631 schema.
3632
3633Default schema is `core`.
3634
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003635Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3636only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003637difference defined in the syntax file.
3638
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003639
3640ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3641
3642The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3643
3644 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3645
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003646==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010036476. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003648
3649Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3650
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036511. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003652 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the 'iskeyword'
3653 option. It cannot contain other syntax items. It will only match with a
3654 complete word (there are no keyword characters before or after the match).
3655 The keyword "if" would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because
3656 "(" is not a keyword character and "d" is.
3657
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036582. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003659 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3660
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000036613. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003662 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3663 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3664 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3665
3666Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3667you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3668to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3669and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3670"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3671one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3672This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3673each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3674for a lot of groups.
3675
3676Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3677group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3678for the syntax group with the same name.
3679
3680In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3681defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3682using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3683match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3684keyword with ignoring case.
3685
3686
3687PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3688
3689When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3690
36911. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3692 defined last has priority.
36932. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
36943. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3695 start in later positions.
3696
3697
3698DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3699
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003700:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003701 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3702 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3703 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3704 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3705
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003706:sy[ntax] case
3707 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore" (translated).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003708
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003709
3710DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3711
3712:sy[ntax] foldlevel [start | minimum]
3713 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3714 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3715
3716 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3717 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3718
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003719 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003720 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3721 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3722 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3723
3724:sy[ntax] foldlevel
3725 Show either "syntax foldlevel start" or "syntax foldlevel minimum".
3726
3727 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3728
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003729SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3730
3731:sy[ntax] spell [toplevel | notoplevel | default]
3732 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3733 in a syntax item:
3734
3735 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3736 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3737 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3738
3739 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3740 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3741 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3742
3743 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3744
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003745:sy[ntax] spell
3746 Show either "syntax spell toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or
3747 "syntax spell default" (translated).
3748
3749
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003750SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3751
3752:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3753 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3754 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3755
3756 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3757 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003758 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003759
3760 Example: >
3761 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3762<
3763 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3764 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3765 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3766
3767 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3768
3769 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003770 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003771 match.
3772
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003773 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3774 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003775 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003776
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003777DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3778
3779:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3780
3781 This defines a number of keywords.
3782
3783 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3784 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3785 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3786
3787 Example: >
3788 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3789<
3790 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3791 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3792 These examples do exactly the same: >
3793 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3794 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3795 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003796< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003797 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3798 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3799 variations at once: >
3800 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3801<
3802 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3803 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3804 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3805 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3806 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003807 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003808
3809 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3810 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3811 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3812
3813 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3814 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3815 instead.
3816
3817 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3818
3819 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3820 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3821 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003822 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003823 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3824 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3825< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3826 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3827 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3828
3829
3830DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3831
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003832:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3833 [excludenl]
3834 [keepend]
3835 {pattern}
3836 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003837
3838 This defines one match.
3839
3840 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3841 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3842 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3843 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3844 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003845 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3846 match with the end pattern. See
3847 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003848 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3849 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3850 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3851 line, which makes the match depend on where
3852 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3853 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3854
3855 Example (match a character constant): >
3856 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3857<
3858
3859DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3860 *E398* *E399*
3861:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3862 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3863 [keepend]
3864 [extend]
3865 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003866 start={start-pattern} ..
3867 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3868 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003869 [{options}]
3870
3871 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3872
3873 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3874 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3875 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3876 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3877 for the text in between the matched start and
3878 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3879 a different group for the start or end match.
3880 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3881 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3882 match with the end pattern. See
3883 |:syn-keepend|.
3884 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003885 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003886 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3887 extend a containing match or item. Only
3888 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3889 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003890 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003891 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003892 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003893 the region where not to look for the end
3894 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003895 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003896 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3897
3898 Example: >
3899 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3900<
3901 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3902 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3903 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3904 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3905 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3906 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3907
3908 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3909 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3910 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3911 the end patterns.
3912
3913 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3914 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3915 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
3916
3917 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
3918 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
3919 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
3920 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
3921
3922 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
3923 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
3924 work: >
3925 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
3926 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
3927< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
3928 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
3929 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
3930 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
3931 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
3932< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
3933 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
3934
3935 *:syn-keepend*
3936 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
3937 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
3938 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
3939 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
3940 { starts outer "{}" region
3941 { starts contained "{}" region
3942 } ends contained "{}" region
3943 } ends outer "{} region
3944 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
3945 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
3946 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
3947 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
3948 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
3949 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
3950 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
3951< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
3952 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
3953
3954 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
3955 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
3956 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
3957 contained matches.
3958 *:syn-extend*
3959 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
3960 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
3961 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
3962 extended.
3963 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
3964 others don't. Example: >
3965
3966 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
3967 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
3968 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
3969
3970< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
3971 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
3972 item does extend the htmlRef item.
3973
3974 Another example: >
3975 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
3976< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
3977 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
3978 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
3979 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
3980 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
3981
3982 *:syn-excludenl*
3983 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
3984 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
3985 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
3986 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
3987 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
3988 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
3989 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
3990 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
3991 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
3992 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
3993 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
3994 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
3995 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
3996
3997 *:syn-matchgroup*
3998 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
3999 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4000 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4001< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4002 between with the "String" group.
4003 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4004 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4005 using a matchgroup.
4006
4007 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4008 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4009 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4010 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4011 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4012
4013 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4014 different colors: >
4015 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4016 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4017 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4018 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4019 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4020 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004021<
4022 *E849*
4023The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004024
4025==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040267. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004027
4028The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4029The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4030and may be mixed with patterns.
4031
4032Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4033can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004034 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004035 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4036:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4037:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4038:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004039
4040These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004041 conceal
4042 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004043 contained
4044 containedin
4045 nextgroup
4046 transparent
4047 skipwhite
4048 skipnl
4049 skipempty
4050
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004051conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4052
4053When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004054Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004055'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4056concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4057edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004058Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004059
4060concealends *:syn-concealends*
4061
4062When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4063the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4064Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4065'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4066in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4067
4068cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004069 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004070The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4071when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4072argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004073character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4074a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004075 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004076See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004077
4078contained *:syn-contained*
4079
4080When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4081the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4082another match. Example: >
4083 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4084 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4085
4086
4087display *:syn-display*
4088
4089If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4090detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4091by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4092to be displayed.
4093
4094Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4095conditions:
4096- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4097 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4098 line.
4099- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4100 make it continue on the next line.
4101- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4102 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4103 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4104- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4105 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4106 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4107 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4108
4109Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4110- match with a number
4111- match with a label
4112
4113
4114transparent *:syn-transparent*
4115
4116If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4117itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4118is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4119only to skip over a part of the text.
4120
4121The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4122unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4123avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4124highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4125 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4126 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4127 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4128 :hi link myString String
4129 :hi link myWord Comment
4130Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4131match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4132argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4133it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4134out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004135"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004136happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4137position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4138
4139When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4140items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4141see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4142through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4143
4144 look from here
4145
4146 | | | | | |
4147 V V V V V V
4148
4149 xxxx yyy more contained items
4150 .................... contained item (transparent)
4151 ============================= first item
4152
4153The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4154transparent group.
4155
4156What you see is:
4157
4158 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4159
4160Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4161
4162
4163oneline *:syn-oneline*
4164
4165The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4166boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4167region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4168the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4169continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4170line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4171
4172When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4173pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4174end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4175means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4176be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4177line break.
4178
4179
4180fold *:syn-fold*
4181
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004182The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004183Example: >
4184 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4185 :syn sync fromstart
4186 :set foldmethod=syntax
4187This will make each {} block form one fold.
4188
4189The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4190ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4191The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004192See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4193from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004194{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4195
4196
4197 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004198contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004199
4200The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4201groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4202containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4203regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4204this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4205here.
4206
4207contains=ALL
4208 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4209 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4210
4211contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4212 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4213 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4214 are listed. Example: >
4215 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4216
4217contains=TOP
4218 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4219 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4220 argument.
4221contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4222 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4223
4224contains=CONTAINED
4225 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4226 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4227 argument.
4228contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4229 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4230 listed.
4231
4232
4233The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4234that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4235The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4236 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4237The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4238that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4239command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4240syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4241the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4242group names.
4243
4244The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4245region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4246|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4247region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4248area that is highlighted
4249
4250
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004251containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004252
4253The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4254item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4255containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4256
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004257The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004258
4259This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4260be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4261of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4262the C syntax: >
4263 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4264Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4265level.
4266
4267Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4268appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4269keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4270work.
4271
4272
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004273nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004274
4275The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4276separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4277
4278If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4279tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4280a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4281will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4282current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4283other groups. Example: >
4284 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4285 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4286 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4287
4288This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4289"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4290highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4291
4292 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4293 fff bbb fff bbb
4294
4295Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4296when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4297highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4298would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4299
4300
4301skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4302skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4303skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4304
4305These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4306used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004307 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004308 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4309 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4310
4311When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4312next group that matches the white space.
4313
4314When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4315line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4316line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4317the current item in the same line.
4318
4319When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4320groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4321for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4322space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4323
4324Example: >
4325 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4326 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4327 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4328Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4329match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4330precedence.
4331Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4332"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4333example).
4334
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004335IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4336
4337:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4338 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4339 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4340 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4341 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4342 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4343 given explicitly.
4344
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004345:sy[ntax] conceal
4346 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off" (translated).
4347
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004348==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010043498. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004350
4351In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4352characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4353use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4354use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4355 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4356 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4357
4358See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004359always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004360value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4361not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4362independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4363
4364Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4365This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4366
4367 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4368The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4369change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4370match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4371are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4372pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4373
4374The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4375The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4376
4377ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4378me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4379hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4380he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4381rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4382re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4383lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4384
4385The {offset} can be:
4386
4387s start of the matched pattern
4388s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4389s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4390e end of the matched pattern
4391e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4392e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004393{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004394
4395Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4396
4397Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4398meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4399
4400 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4401match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4402region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4403region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4404region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4405
4406Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4407 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4408<
4409 some "string" text
4410 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4411
4412Notes:
4413- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4414 offset(s).
4415- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4416- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4417 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004418- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004419 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004420 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004421- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4422 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4423 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4424
4425Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4426 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4427<
4428 /* this is a comment */
4429 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4430
4431A more complicated Example: >
4432 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4433<
4434 abcfoostringbarabc
4435 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004436 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004437
4438Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4439
4440Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4441with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
4442in the pattern.
4443
4444The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4445be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4446cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4447characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4448used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4449specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4450
4451 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4452 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4453 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4454<
4455 ___zzzz ___wwww
4456 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4457 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4458 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4459
4460The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4461unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4462
4463
4464Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4465
4466The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4467expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4468
4469When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4470allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004471following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4472the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004473
4474The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4475continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4476matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4477halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4478previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4479is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4480 x x a
4481 b x x
4482Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4483after the "\n".
4484
4485
4486External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4487
4488These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4489
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004490 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004491 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4492 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4493 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004494
4495 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4496 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4497 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4498 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4499
4500Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4501sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4502shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4503items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4504referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4505example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4506 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4507
4508As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4509it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004510changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004511first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4512also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004513 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004514
4515Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4516indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4517to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4518Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4519within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4520sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4521the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4522
4523Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4524cannot be referred to.
4525
4526==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045279. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004528
4529:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4530 [add={group-name}..]
4531 [remove={group-name}..]
4532
4533This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4534single name.
4535
4536 contains={group-name}..
4537 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4538 add={group-name}..
4539 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4540 remove={group-name}..
4541 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4542
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004543A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4544nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4545this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004546
4547Example: >
4548 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4549 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4550
4551As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4552retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4553to speak: >
4554 :syntax keyword A aaa
4555 :syntax keyword B bbb
4556 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4557 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4558 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4559
4560This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4561 :syntax keyword A aaa
4562 :syntax keyword B bbb
4563 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4564 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4565 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4566 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4567 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004568<
4569 *E848*
4570The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004571
4572==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100457310. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004574
4575It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4576a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4577two different ways:
4578
4579 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4580 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4581 the |:runtime| command: >
4582
4583 " In cpp.vim:
4584 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4585 :unlet b:current_syntax
4586
4587< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4588 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4589 ":syntax include" command:
4590
4591:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4592
4593 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4594 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4595 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4596 that list. >
4597
4598 " In perl.vim:
4599 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4600 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4601<
4602 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4603 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4604 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4605 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4606 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004607 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4608 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004609
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004610 *E847*
4611The maximum number of includes is 999.
4612
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004613==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100461411. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004615
4616Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4617make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4618redrawing starts.
4619
4620:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4621
4622There are four ways to synchronize:
46231. Always parse from the start of the file.
4624 |:syn-sync-first|
46252. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4626 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4627 |:syn-sync-second|
46283. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4629 |:syn-sync-third|
46304. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4631 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4632
4633 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4634For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4635limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4636
4637If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4638that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4639lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4640
4641If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4642for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4643adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4644slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004645 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004646<
4647 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4648When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4649cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4650start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4651the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4652break use this: >
4653 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4654The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4655change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4656value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4657
4658
4659First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4660>
4661 :syntax sync fromstart
4662
4663The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4664accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4665so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004666when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004667case: to the end of the file).
4668
4669Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4670
4671
4672Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4673
4674For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4675Example: >
4676 :syntax sync ccomment
4677
4678When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4679comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4680used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4681An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4682 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4683This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4684used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4685region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4686
4687The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4688lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4689lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4690lines, but it hard to sync on).
4691
4692Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4693that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4694is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4695chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4696is hardly ever noticed.
4697
4698
4699Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4700
4701For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4702Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4703means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4704Example: >
4705 :syntax sync minlines=50
4706
4707"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4708
4709
4710Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4711
4712The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4713sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4714region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4715starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4716the search continues backwards in the file.
4717
4718This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4719matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4720- Keywords cannot be used.
4721- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4722 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4723- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4724 forwards.
4725- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4726 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4727 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004728 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004729- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4730 group of continued lines).
4731- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4732 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4733 line (or group of continued lines).
4734- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4735 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4736 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4737 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4738
4739There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
47401. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4741 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4742 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4743 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
47442. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4745 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4746 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4747 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4748Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4749
4750Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4751avoid finding unwanted matches.
4752
4753[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4754search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4755highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4756faster.]
4757
4758 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4759 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4760
4761 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4762 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4763 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4764 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4765 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4766
4767 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4768 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4769
4770 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4771 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4772 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4773 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4774 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4775 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4776 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4777 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4778 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4779 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4780
4781 :syntax sync match ..
4782 :syntax sync region ..
4783
4784 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4785 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4786
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004787 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004788 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4789
4790 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4791 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4792 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4793
4794If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4795searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4796few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4797 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4798
4799You can clear all sync settings with: >
4800 :syntax sync clear
4801
4802You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4803 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4804
4805==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100480612. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004807
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004808This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004809
4810 :sy[ntax] [list]
4811
4812To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4813
4814 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4815
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004816To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004817
4818 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4819
4820See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4821
4822Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4823is mostly used, because it looks better.
4824
4825==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100482613. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004827
4828There are three types of highlight groups:
4829- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4830 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4831 linked to a group of the second type.
4832- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4833- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4834 *hitest.vim*
4835You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4836 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4837This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4838in their own color.
4839
4840 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004841:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4842 This is basically the same as >
4843 :echo g:colors_name
4844< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4845 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4846 feature it will output "unknown".
4847
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004848:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004849 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004850 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004851 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4852 "start" and then under "opt".
4853
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004854 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004855 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004856
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004857 You have two options for customizing a color scheme.
4858 For changing the appearance of specific colors, you
4859 can redefine a color name before loading the scheme.
4860 The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor.
4861 To use a darker variation of the same color: >
4862
4863 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4864 colorscheme desert
4865<
4866 For further customization, such as changing
4867 |:highlight-link| associations, use another name, e.g.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004868 "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02004869 the original color scheme: >
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004870 runtime colors/evening.vim
4871 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
4872
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004873< Before the color scheme will be loaded all default
4874 color list scripts (`colors/lists/default.vim`) will
4875 be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre| autocommand
4876 event is triggered. After the color scheme has been
4877 loaded the |ColorScheme| autocommand event is
4878 triggered.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02004879 For info about writing a color scheme file: >
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00004880 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004881
4882:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
4883 attributes set.
4884
4885:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
4886 List one highlight group.
4887
Yegappan Lakshmanand1a8d652021-11-03 21:56:45 +00004888 *highlight-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004889:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
4890 highlighting for groups added by the user!
4891 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
4892 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02004893 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004894
4895:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
4896:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
4897 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
4898 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
4899
4900:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
4901 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004902 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00004903 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004904 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004905 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
4906 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
4907 argument.
4908
4909Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
4910default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
4911highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
4912values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
4913the default value.
4914
4915A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
4916a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
4917
4918 :hi Comment gui=bold
4919
4920Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
4921specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
4922result is like this single command has been used: >
4923 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
4924<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004925 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004926When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
4927also tell where it was last set. Example: >
4928 :verbose hi Comment
4929< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004930 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004931
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00004932When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
4933mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00004934
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004935 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
4936There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
4937term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01004938cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004939 termcap entry)
4940gui the GUI
4941
4942For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
4943the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
4944
49451. highlight arguments for normal terminals
4946
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00004947 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
4948 *inverse* *italic* *standout*
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004949 *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004950term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
4951 attr-list is a comma separated list (without spaces) of the
4952 following items (in any order):
4953 bold
4954 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00004955 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004956 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004957 reverse
4958 inverse same as reverse
4959 italic
4960 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02004961 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004962 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
4963
4964 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
4965 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00004966 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02004967 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02004968 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
4969 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
4970 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
4971 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
4972 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
4973
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004974
4975start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
4976stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
4977 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
4978 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
4979
4980 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
4981 is written before the characters in the highlighted
4982 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
4983 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
4984 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
4985 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
4986 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
4987
4988 The {term-list} can have two forms:
4989
4990 1. A string with escape sequences.
4991 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
4992 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
4993 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
4994 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
4995
4996 2. A list of terminal codes.
4997 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
4998 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
4999 White space is not allowed. Example:
5000 start=t_C1,t_BL
5001 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5002
5003
50042. highlight arguments for color terminals
5005
5006cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5007 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5008 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5009 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5010 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005011 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5012 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5013 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005014
5015ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5016ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005017ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5018 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5019 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5020
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005021 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5022 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5023 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5024 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5025 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5026 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5027
5028 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5029 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5030 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5031 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5032 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005033 *tmux*
5034 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5035 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005036 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5037 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005038< More info at:
5039 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5040 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005041
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005042 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5043 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5044 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005045 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5046 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5047
5048 *cterm-colors*
5049 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5050 0 0 Black
5051 1 4 DarkBlue
5052 2 2 DarkGreen
5053 3 6 DarkCyan
5054 4 1 DarkRed
5055 5 5 DarkMagenta
5056 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5057 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5058 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5059 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5060 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5061 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5062 12 1* Red, LightRed
5063 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5064 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5065 15 7* White
5066
5067 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5068 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5069 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5070 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5071 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5072 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5073 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5074 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5075 a number instead of a color name.
5076
5077 The case of the color names is ignored.
5078 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005079 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that Blue
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005080 is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
5081
5082 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5083 colors!
5084
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005085 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5086
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005087 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5088 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5089 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5090 Example: >
5091 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5092< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005093 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5094 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5095 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5096 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5097 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005098 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005099 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005100 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005101
5102 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5103 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5104 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5105 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005106 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5107 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5108 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5109 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5110 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005111 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5112< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005113 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005114 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5115
5116
51173. highlight arguments for the GUI
5118
5119gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5120 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5121 See |attr-list| for a description.
5122 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5123 have the same effect.
5124 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5125
5126font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5127 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5128 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5129 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5130<
5131 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5132 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5133 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5134 used).
5135 The following only works with Motif and Athena, not with other GUIs:
5136 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5137 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5138 changed.
5139 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5140 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5141 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005142 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5143 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5144 Example: >
5145 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005146
5147guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5148guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005149guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5150 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005151 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5152 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005153 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005154 NONE no color (transparent)
5155 bg use normal background color
5156 background use normal background color
5157 fg use normal foreground color
5158 foreground use normal foreground color
5159 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5160 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5161 Example: >
5162 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5163<
5164 *gui-colors*
5165 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5166 Red LightRed DarkRed
5167 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5168 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5169 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5170 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5171 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5172 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5173 Black White
5174 Orange Purple Violet
5175
5176 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5177 |win32-colors|.
5178
5179 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5180 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5181 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005182 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005183 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005184 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005185 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005186<
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005187 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexademical value
5188 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5189 example: >
5190
5191 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5192 # override it.
5193 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5194 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5195<
5196 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5197 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5198 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5199 scheme: >
5200
5201 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5202 colorscheme alt
5203<
5204 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5205 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5206 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5207 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5208 by a color scheme using: >
5209
5210 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5211 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5212<
5213
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005214 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5215These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5216'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5217of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5218command.
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005219 *hl-ColorColumn*
5220ColorColumn used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005221 *hl-Conceal*
5222Conceal placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5223 text (see 'conceallevel')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005224 *hl-Cursor*
5225Cursor the character under the cursor
Bram Moolenaarf90b6e02019-05-09 19:26:38 +02005226lCursor the character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5227 is used (see 'guicursor')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005228 *hl-CursorIM*
5229CursorIM like Cursor, but used when in IME mode |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005230 *hl-CursorColumn*
5231CursorColumn the screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is
5232 set
5233 *hl-CursorLine*
5234CursorLine the screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is
5235 set
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005236 *hl-Directory*
5237Directory directory names (and other special names in listings)
5238 *hl-DiffAdd*
5239DiffAdd diff mode: Added line |diff.txt|
5240 *hl-DiffChange*
5241DiffChange diff mode: Changed line |diff.txt|
5242 *hl-DiffDelete*
5243DiffDelete diff mode: Deleted line |diff.txt|
5244 *hl-DiffText*
5245DiffText diff mode: Changed text within a changed line |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005246 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005247EndOfBuffer filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
5248 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005249 *hl-ErrorMsg*
5250ErrorMsg error messages on the command line
5251 *hl-VertSplit*
5252VertSplit the column separating vertically split windows
5253 *hl-Folded*
5254Folded line used for closed folds
5255 *hl-FoldColumn*
5256FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5257 *hl-SignColumn*
5258SignColumn column where |signs| are displayed
5259 *hl-IncSearch*
5260IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
5261 ":s///c"
5262 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005263LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005264 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005265 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5266LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5267 option is set, above the cursor line.
5268 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5269LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5270 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005271 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005272CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5273 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005274 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5275CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
5276 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5277CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005278 *hl-MatchParen*
5279MatchParen The character under the cursor or just before it, if it
5280 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
5281
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005282 *hl-ModeMsg*
5283ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
5284 *hl-MoreMsg*
5285MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5286 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005287NonText '@' at the end of the window, characters from 'showbreak'
5288 and other characters that do not really exist in the text
5289 (e.g., ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't
5290 fit at the end of the line).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005291 *hl-Normal*
5292Normal normal text
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005293 *hl-Pmenu*
5294Pmenu Popup menu: normal item.
5295 *hl-PmenuSel*
5296PmenuSel Popup menu: selected item.
5297 *hl-PmenuSbar*
5298PmenuSbar Popup menu: scrollbar.
5299 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5300PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005301 *hl-Question*
5302Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005303 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5304QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005305 *hl-Search*
5306Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005307 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005308 *hl-SpecialKey*
5309SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5310 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
5311 Generally: text that is displayed differently from what it
5312 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005313 *hl-SpellBad*
5314SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5315 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005316 *hl-SpellCap*
5317SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5318 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005319 *hl-SpellLocal*
5320SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5321 used in another region. |spell|
5322 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5323 *hl-SpellRare*
5324SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5325 hardly ever used. |spell|
5326 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005327 *hl-StatusLine*
5328StatusLine status line of current window
5329 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5330StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
5331 Note: if this is equal to "StatusLine" Vim will use "^^^" in
5332 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005333 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
5334StatusLineTerm status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
5335 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
5336StatusLineTermNC status lines of not-current windows that is a |terminal|
5337 window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005338 *hl-TabLine*
5339TabLine tab pages line, not active tab page label
5340 *hl-TabLineFill*
5341TabLineFill tab pages line, where there are no labels
5342 *hl-TabLineSel*
5343TabLineSel tab pages line, active tab page label
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005344 *hl-Terminal*
5345Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005346 *hl-Title*
5347Title titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
5348 *hl-Visual*
5349Visual Visual mode selection
5350 *hl-VisualNOS*
5351VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5352 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5353 *hl-WarningMsg*
5354WarningMsg warning messages
5355 *hl-WildMenu*
5356WildMenu current match in 'wildmenu' completion
5357
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005358 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005359The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005360statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005361
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005362For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005363scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5364Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5365and guifg.
5366
5367 *hl-Menu*
5368Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5369 Also used for the toolbar.
5370 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5371
5372 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
5373 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5374 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5375 set.
5376
5377 *hl-Scrollbar*
5378Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5379 scrollbars.
5380 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5381
5382 *hl-Tooltip*
5383Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5384 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5385
5386 NOTE: For Motif and Athena the font argument actually
5387 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5388 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5389 set.
5390
5391==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100539214. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005393
5394When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5395can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5396group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5397
5398To set a link:
5399
5400 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5401
5402To remove a link:
5403
5404 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5405
5406Notes: *E414*
5407- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5408 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5409- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5410 removed.
5411- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5412 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5413 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5414 links for groups that already have settings.
5415
5416 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5417The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5418group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5419will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5420
5421Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5422specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5423 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5424If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5425 :highlight link cComment Question
5426Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5427overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5428
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005429To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5430highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5431another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5432"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5433 highlight! default link cComment Question
5434
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005435==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100543615. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005437
5438If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5439command: >
5440 :syntax clear
5441
5442This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5443or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5444in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5445load the syntax file.
5446The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5447loaded after this command.
5448
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005449To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5450 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5451This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5452
5453To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5454 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5455This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5456
5457 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005458If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5459the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5460 :syntax off
5461
5462What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5463 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5464See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5465$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5466
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005467 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5468If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5469defaults back: >
5470
5471 :syntax reset
5472
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005473It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5474affects the highlighting.
5475
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005476This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5477
5478Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5479back to their Vim default.
5480Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5481scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5482
5483What this actually does is: >
5484
5485 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5486 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5487
5488Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5489
5490 *syncolor*
5491If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5492script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5493'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5494the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5495reset" command.
5496
5497For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5498
5499 if &background == "light"
5500 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5501 else
5502 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5503 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005504<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005505 *E679*
5506Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5507'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5508endless loop.
5509
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005510Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5511your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5512depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5513
5514 *syntax_cmd*
5515The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5516syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005517 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005518 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005519 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5520 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5521 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005522 the colors.
5523 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5524 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5525 them.
5526
5527==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100552816. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005529
5530If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5531mappings.
5532
5533 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5534 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5535>
5536 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5537 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5538
5539WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5540memory Vim will consume.
5541
5542Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
5543must use Exuberant ctags (found at http://ctags.sf.net).
5544
5545Put these lines in your Makefile:
5546
5547# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Exuberant ctags and awk
5548types: types.vim
5549types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005550 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005551 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5552 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5553
5554And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5555
5556 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
5557 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') . '/types.vim'
5558 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
5559 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' . fname
5560 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5561
5562==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100556317. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005564
5565Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5566possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5567private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5568with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5569highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5570italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5571
5572To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5573windows on the buffer: >
5574 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005575< *w:current_syntax*
5576This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5577"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5578restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5579"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5580"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005581Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005582
5583Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005584on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005585syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005586same buffer.
5587
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005588A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5589is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5590When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005591
5592==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100559318. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005594
5595Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5596default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5597 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5598 : if has("terminfo")
5599 : set t_Co=8
5600 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5601 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5602 : else
5603 : set t_Co=8
5604 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5605 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5606 : endif
5607 :endif
5608< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5609
5610You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5611e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5612
5613Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5614be wrong.
5615 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5616The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5617But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5618 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5619 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5620<
5621 *colortest.vim*
5622To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005623To use it, execute this command: >
5624 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005625
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005626Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005627output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5628at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5629colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5630
5631 *xfree-xterm*
5632To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005633included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005634at: >
5635 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5636Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5637termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5638supports. >
5639 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5640If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5641(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5642
5643This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5644 :if has("terminfo")
5645 : set t_Co=16
5646 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5647 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5648 :else
5649 : set t_Co=16
5650 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5651 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5652 :endif
5653< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5654
5655Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5656translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5657Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5658
5659For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5660
5661 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5662 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5663
5664Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5665and try if that works.
5666
5667You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5668 XTerm*color0: #000000
5669 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5670 XTerm*color2: #008000
5671 XTerm*color3: #808000
5672 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5673 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5674 XTerm*color6: #008080
5675 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5676 XTerm*color8: #808080
5677 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5678 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5679 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5680 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5681 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5682 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5683 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5684 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5685
5686[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5687cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005688newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005689
5690To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5691Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5692 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5693<
5694 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5695To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5696Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5697these resources:
5698 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5699 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5700 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5701 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5702
5703 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005704These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005705foreground colors: >
5706 :if has("terminfo")
5707 : set t_Co=8
5708 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5709 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5710 :else
5711 : set t_Co=8
5712 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5713 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5714 :endif
5715< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5716
5717 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5718These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5719emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5720bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5721 :set t_Co=16
5722 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5723 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5724<
5725 *TTpro-telnet*
5726These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5727open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5728 set t_Co=16
5729 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5730 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5731Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5732that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5733(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5734
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005735
5736==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100573719. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005738
5739This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5740
5741If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5742faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5743as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5744
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005745Note: this is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
5746You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5747
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005748To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5749sequence: >
5750 :syntime on
5751 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5752 :syntime report
5753
5754This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5755it took to match them against the text.
5756
5757:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5758 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5759 matching.
5760
5761:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5762
5763:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5764
5765:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5766 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5767 the output.
5768
5769 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5770 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5771 matching this pattern.
5772 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5773 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5774 matched
5775 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5776 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5777 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5778 this is not unique.
5779 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5780
5781Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5782include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5783pattern does NOT match.
5784
5785When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5786all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5787literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5788
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005789"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005790 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005791"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005792
5793
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005794 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: